From c1d28e80c803354bc846fa570b91a89b023e62ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie <grant_ailie@noreply.door43.org> Date: Thu, 14 Jan 2021 19:44:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Grant_Ailie-tc-create-Content validation-Ezra (#1624) Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Created 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1624 --- en_tn_15-EZR.tsv | 560 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 280 insertions(+), 280 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv index d8c836d29c..6fe68f27dd 100644 --- a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv +++ b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv @@ -3,110 +3,110 @@ EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra<br>## Part 1: General Introduct EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br>King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Jews<br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people. EZR 1 1 3th4 figs-explicit וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “During the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 1 1 qvp1 וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “As soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” -EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 In the first year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 In the first year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first,** in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])<br><br> EZR 1 1 1ns6 translate-names לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 1 1 xkd5 translate-names פָּרַ֔ס 1 This is the name of an empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 1 1 t5sz figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here “word” refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 1 1 t5sz figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **word** refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZR 1 1 savk figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 What Yahweh had said specifically was that after seventy years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after seventy years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZR 1 1 l953 translate-names יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִפִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here, “mouth” represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “Jeremiah announced this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 1 1 fn3a figs-synecdoche הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus Here the book uses one part of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EZR 1 1 4z5n figs-metaphor הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Here the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he “stirred up” his spirit, the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִפִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here, **mouth** represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “Jeremiah announced this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 1 1 fn3a figs-synecdoche הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus Here, the book uses one part of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EZR 1 1 4z5n figs-metaphor הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Here, the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit, the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 1 1 n59e grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּֽעֲבֶר 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EZR 1 1 yiq4 figs-metonymy וַיַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ 1 his voice went out throughout all his kingdom “He” means Cyrus. In this context, the “sound” is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 1 1 x1wz figs-ellipsis וְגַם־בְּמִכְתָּ֖ב 1 what was written was spoken Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is, “Cyrus also put this decree in writing.” You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EZR 1 2 arwl figs-informremind יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) -EZR 1 2 aqj5 figs-hyperbole כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 all the kingdoms of the earth “All” is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “has made me the unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EZR 1 1 yiq4 figs-metonymy וַיַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ 1 his voice went out throughout all his kingdom **He** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br> +EZR 1 1 x1wz figs-ellipsis וְגַם־בְּמִכְתָּ֖ב 1 what was written was spoken Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is, **Cyrus also put this decree in writing.** You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 1 2 arwl figs-informremind יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) +EZR 1 2 aqj5 figs-hyperbole כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 all the kingdoms of the earth **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “has made me the unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EZR 1 2 zb3e figs-idiom נָ֣תַן לִ֔י 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the ruler over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 1 2 1cb6 לִבְנֽוֹת־ל֣וֹ בַ֔יִת 1 Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple” -EZR 1 2 3apm figs-metaphor בַ֔יִת 1 “House” figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 1 2 i909 figs-informremind בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 Here Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) +EZR 1 2 3apm figs-metaphor בַ֔יִת 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 2 i909 figs-informremind בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 Here, Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) EZR 1 2 gmx4 translate-names בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 for him a house…in Judah Jerusalem is the name of a city, and Judah is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָכֶ֣ם מִכָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ 1 his people “All” could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as verse [5] (../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 1 3 1q6g figs-idiom יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָיו֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וְיַ֕עַל 1 Cyrus wishing that God will be “with” these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 1 3 hz9g figs-idiom וְיַ֕עַל לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Cyrus says “go up” because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָכֶ֣ם מִכָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ 1 his people **All** could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as verse [5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 1 3 1q6g figs-idiom יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָיו֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וְיַ֕עַל 1 Cyrus wishing that God will be **with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 3 hz9g figs-idiom וְיַ֕עַל לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 1 3 k839 figs-informremind לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּיהוּדָ֑ה 1 Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) -EZR 1 3 9xbj figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ 1 “House” figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 1 3 o6x4 figs-informremind יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) +EZR 1 3 9xbj figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 3 o6x4 figs-informremind יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Here, Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) EZR 1 4 t7ux וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ 1 Whoever survives in any place where he lives, let the people in that place help him The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for some readers because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. To make things clearer for your readers, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them” -EZR 1 4 fr03 figs-idiom וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר 1 This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word “remaining” refers to people who are “remaining” or “left over” from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 1 4 vvzw figs-idiom מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 “Sojourning” means living somewhere other than one’s native land. “He” means a Jew such as described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 1 4 uoep אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 Saying “where” and “there” together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.” -EZR 1 4 p5jk figs-gendernotations יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ 1 It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term “men” here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ 1 “Lift” here is an idiom that means “help.” Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 4 fr03 figs-idiom וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר 1 This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word **remaining** refers to people who are **remaining** or **left over** from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 4 vvzw figs-idiom מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land. **He** means a Jew such as described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 4 uoep אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 Saying **where** and **there** together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.” +EZR 1 4 p5jk figs-gendernotations יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ 1 It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ 1 **Lift** here is an idiom that means **help**. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 1 4 f6tk figs-explicit הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in verses [7–11] (../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 “House” figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions “house,” “house of God,” and “house of Yahweh” to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and **house of Yahweh** to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EZR 1 5 9gd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” -EZR 1 5 bezo figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here “head” is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 5 9gd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word **house** (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” +EZR 1 5 bezo figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 1 5 rt3n translate-names לִֽיהוּדָה֙ וּבִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְכֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔וֹ 1 with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he “stirred up” their spirits, the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 1 5 ywuq figs-idiom לַעֲל֣וֹת 1 In this context, the term “arise” means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 1 6 2hv7 figs-hyperbole וְכָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ 1 “All” is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽידֵיהֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here “hand” figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 1 6 sc2n לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 This is a reference to the “freewill offerings” that are also mentioned in verse [4] (../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “In addition, the people freely gave extra gifts” -EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ 1 “Vessels” refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְכֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔וֹ 1 with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up Here, the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits, the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 5 ywuq figs-idiom לַעֲל֣וֹת 1 In this context, the term **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 6 2hv7 figs-hyperbole וְכָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ 1 **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽידֵיהֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 6 sc2n לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 This is a reference to the **freewill offerings** that are also mentioned in verse [4] (../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “In addition, the people freely gave extra gifts” +EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ 1 **Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 1 7 bwol translate-names נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 1 8 emq3 figs-metaphor וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Here “hand” figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 1 8 emq3 figs-metaphor וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 1 8 832q figs-explicit וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so Mithredath brought them out from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 1 8 m5w3 translate-names מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Mithredath…Sheshbazzar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 1 8 wc54 translate-unknown הַגִּזְבָּ֑ר 1 brought them out by the hand of Mithredath the treasurer This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 treasurer “He” means Mithredath, and “them” means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 treasurer **He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 1 8 xkar translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 1 8 wb5a translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called Sheshbazzar here and in [1:11] (../01/11.md), [5:14] (../05/14.md), and [5:16] (../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 1 8 qsti הַנָּשִׂ֖יא לִיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 The book says in [5:14] (../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “the governor of the province of Judah” -EZR 1 9 hu9c figs-idiom וְאֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑ם 1 General Information: This expression means, “This is how many there were of each kind of utensil.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 9 hu9c figs-idiom וְאֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑ם 1 General Information: This expression means, **This is how many there were of each kind of utensil** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים 1 bowls This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in verse [9] (../01/09.md). -EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 This expression means, “The total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400.” Verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items, because the last item on the list itself is “other vessels.” It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it. -EZR 1 11 i30r figs-idiom הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Like the similar expression in verse [3] (../01/03.md), here the book says “brought up” and “going up” because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 1 11 2t84 figs-abstractnouns הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun “exiles” refers in this context to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 This expression means, **The total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400**. Verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items, because the last item on the list itself is **other vessels.** It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it. +EZR 1 11 i30r figs-idiom הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Like the similar expression in verse [3] (../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 1 11 2t84 figs-abstractnouns הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZR 1 11 fi2e translate-names מִבָּבֶ֖ל 1 This is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) -EZR 2 1 ezk9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 0 General Information: The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EZR 2 1 ponw figs-metonymy הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 0 “The province” means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 went up “Went up” means “traveled from Babylon back to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 2 1 czrg figs-abstractnouns מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְבָבֶ֑ל 1 The abstract nouns “captivity” and “exiles” refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZR 2 1 evx5 figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ׃ 1 Here “a man” means “each one” or “each person” Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 2 1 ezk9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 0 General Information: The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EZR 2 1 ponw figs-metonymy הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 0 **The province** means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 went up **Went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 2 1 czrg figs-abstractnouns מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְבָבֶ֑ל 1 The abstract nouns **captivity** and **exiles** refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EZR 2 1 evx5 figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ׃ 1 Here, **a man** means **each one** or **each person**. Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 2 2 0xt0 אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם 1 This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “The leaders of this group were” EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah These are the names of twelve men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 2 2 z77p מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 This is the number In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town” -EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 0 General Information: This means, “From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned.” To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like “returned” throughout verses [3–42] (../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given. -EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 0 General Information: This means, **From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned**. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like **returned** throughout verses [3–42] (../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given. +EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 3 zew1 translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 4 zhh6 translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Shephatiah Shephatiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 5 inj3 translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Arah Arah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab who were descendants of Jeshua and Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 6 fw6a translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ 1 Pahath-Moab…Jeshua Pahath-Moab is the name of a man, and Jeshua and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 7 a6df בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 General Information: “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 7 a6df בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 7 ytv9 translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 8 d53m translate-names זַתּ֔וּא 1 Zattu Zattu is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 9 1bic figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 9 1bic figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 9 da7k translate-names זַכָּ֔י 1 Zakkai Zakkai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 10 fo1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 10 fo1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 10 jcd8 translate-names בָנִ֔י 1 Bani Bani is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 11 ak1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 0 General Information: “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 11 ak1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 0 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 11 h16w translate-names בֵבָ֔י 1 Bebai Bebai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 12 bhyt figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 12 bhyt figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 12 rxn6 translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Azgad Azgad is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 13 yr6e figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 13 yr6e figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 13 uzn6 translate-names אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Adonikam Adonikam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 14 9tzp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 14 9tzp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 14 qkv6 translate-names בִגְוָ֔י 1 Bigvai Bigvai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 15 u5zk figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 0 General Information: “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 15 u5zk figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 0 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 15 it7t translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin Adin is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 16 kk2c figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר 1 ninety-eight “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 16 kk2c figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר 1 ninety-eight **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 16 vui3 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר לִֽיחִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 Ater Ater is the name of a man, and Hezekiah is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 17 2o8d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 17 2o8d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 17 t3k5 translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai Bezai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 18 ghnw figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 18 ghnw figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 18 k95c translate-names יוֹרָ֔ה 1 Jorah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 0 General Information: “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 0 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 19 j9nm translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum Hashum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Gibbar “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Gibbar **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 20 g26q translate-names גִבָּ֖ר 1 ninety-five Gibbar is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 2 21 iu4s figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 The sons of Bethlehem The list speaks here of the town of Bethlehem as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EZR 2 21 j7z9 translate-names בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם 1 Bethlehem is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -135,307 +135,307 @@ EZR 2 34 pt5k translate-names יְרֵח֔וֹ 0 General Information: Jericho is EZR 2 35 frxs figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 The list speaks here of the town of Senaah as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EZR 2 35 ce4j translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Senaah Senaah is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 2 36 c52r הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים 0 General Information: A priest was someone who was chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests” -EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 Jedaiah “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 Jedaiah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 36 m352 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙ ... יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Jeshua Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 36 151b figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, the word “house” describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 2 37 0auy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 36 151b figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 2 37 0auy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 37 u9p4 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Immer is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 38 fvt0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 38 fvt0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 38 23dr translate-names פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Pashhur is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 39 g31h translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim Harim is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 40 tm51 translate-unknown הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 0 General Information: The Levites were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Kadmiel…Hodaviah “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 40 tm51 translate-unknown הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 0 General Information: The Levites were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Kadmiel…Hodaviah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 40 yu1j translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל ... הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 seventy-four Jeshua and Kadmiel are men’s names, and Hodevah is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 2 41 t56r translate-unknown הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 This term refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 41 wkzb translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 Asaph is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 42 3no0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 42 3no0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 42 i72w translate-unknown הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 gatekeepers This term refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city Jerusalem and of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 42 lyb8 translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם ... אָטֵר֙ ... טַלְמ֣וֹן ... עַקּ֔וּב ... חֲטִיטָ֖א ... שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Ater These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 43 fhw8 translate-unknown הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 0 General Information: The term “Nethinim” describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EZR 2 43 fhw8 translate-unknown הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 0 General Information: The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EZR 2 43 nt2x הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 0 Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned” -EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [54] (../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [54] (../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 43 tx4y translate-names צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Ziha…Hasupha…Tabbaoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃<br><br><br><br> 1 Keros…Siaha…Padon “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah…Hagabah “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 0 General Information: “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br> -EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 0 General Information: “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 52 8oav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 0 General Information: “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 55 9x3k translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 0 By “servants of Solomon,” this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 0 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [57] (../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃<br><br><br><br> 1 Keros…Siaha…Padon **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah…Hagabah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 0 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br> +EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 0 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 52 8oav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 0 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 55 9x3k translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 0 By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 0 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [57] (../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 55 rnfm translate-names סֹטַ֥י ... הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת ... פְרוּדָֽא 0 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 392 Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom.” -EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעֹלִים֙ 0 General Information: As in verse [1] (../02/01.md), “went up” means “traveled from Babylon back to Judah,” since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 2 59 kgcj translate-names מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר 0 These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 392 Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom” +EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעֹלִים֙ 0 General Information: As in verse [1] (../02/01.md), **went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 2 59 kgcj translate-names מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר 0 These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 2 59 gd69 וְלֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד 0 Alternate translation: “They had no records to prove” EZR 2 59 ay8y figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 0 These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites”; otherwise, “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EZR 2 59 jlej figs-doublet בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם 0 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EZR 2 59 8n9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ 0 Among the Israelites, the expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word "house" figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְזַרְעָ֔ם 0 Here, “seed” is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning “offspring.” In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, “whose seed they were.” Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 59 8n9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ 0 Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word "house" figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְזַרְעָ֔ם 0 Here, **seed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning **offspring.** In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, **whose seed they were**. Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 60 k7wr בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 652 Alternate translation: “Altogether 652 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” -EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 60 xr2g translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Delaiah…Tobiah…Nekoda These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 2 61 io29 וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests.” -EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 “Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 61 io29 וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests” +EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 61 vg3t translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Habaiah…Hakkoz…Barzillai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 2 61 d6en אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” -EZR 2 61 0wy5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 “Daughters” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 61 0wy5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 **Daughters** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 61 5xge וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם 1 Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name” EZR 2 62 yiq1 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה׃ 1 the records of their ancestry If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 2 62 qt2w figs-abstractnouns וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled The abstract noun “priesthood” refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “So they were not allowed to serve as priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EZR 2 62 qt2w figs-abstractnouns וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “So they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZR 2 63 082e translate-unknown הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ 1 This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “The Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 2 63 jyg6 figs-idiom וַיֹּ֤אמֶר ... לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים 1 The phrase “the holiest holy food” refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 2 63 67bg figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 Here “stand” is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “Until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 63 jyg6 figs-idiom וַיֹּ֤אמֶר ... לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים 1 The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 2 63 67bg figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “Until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 2 63 n2du translate-unknown לְאוּרִ֥ים וּלְתֻמִּֽים 1 Urim and Thummim This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 2 64 a73j figs-idiom כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ 1 whole group The expression “as one” means “all together.” Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 2 64 a73j figs-idiom כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ 1 whole group The expression **as one** means **all together**. Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 2 65 w7yu מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 their maidservants Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants” -EZR 2 65 i75w translate-unknown וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 these were 7,337 This is a different group from the “singers” in verse [41] (../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EZR 2 65 i75w translate-unknown וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 these were 7,337 This is a different group from the **singers** in verse [41] (../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EZR 2 66 t7kb סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ 0 General Information: Alternate translation: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules,” beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse. -EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ 0 Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys.” -EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 0 “Heads of the fathers” is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” was used in verse [59] (../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 0 Here, “head” is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם ... לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 0 As in [1:3–4] (../01/03.md), the expressions “house of Yahweh” and “house of God” both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 2 68 9i3w figs-personification לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ 0 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would “stand” in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EZR 2 69 v744 לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 sixty-one thousand…five thousand…one hundred “The work” means the project of rebuilding the temple. The “treasury” was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple” +EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ 0 Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys” +EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 0 **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses.** The full expression **house of the father** was used in verse [59] (../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 0 Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם ... לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 0 As in [1:3–4] (../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 2 68 9i3w figs-personification לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ 0 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EZR 2 69 v744 לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 sixty-one thousand…five thousand…one hundred **The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple” EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָאֶ֔לֶף 1 gold darics In ancient times, a gold daric weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bmoney וְכֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 minas In ancient times, a silver mina weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EZR 2 69 h3zd translate-unknown וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה 1 tunics These were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “100 special garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 2 70 w7fw וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠הַלְוִיִּם וּֽמִן־הָעָ֞ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם׃ 1 and all Israel lived in their cities This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: “priests” in v. [36] (../02/36.md), “Levites” in v. [40] (../02/40.md), “singers” in v. [41] (../02/41.md), “gatekeepers” in v. [42] (../02/42.md), and “Nethinim” in v. [43] (../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived.” +EZR 2 70 w7fw וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠הַלְוִיִּם וּֽמִן־הָעָ֞ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם׃ 1 and all Israel lived in their cities This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: **priests** in v. [36] (../02/36.md), **Levites** in v. [40] (../02/40.md), **singers** in v. [41] (../02/41.md), **gatekeepers** in v. [42] (../02/42.md), and **Nethinim** in v. [43] (../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived” EZR 2 70 1g6o figs-parallelism וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם 1 This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations. EZR 3 1 us0g grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיִּגַּע֙ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EZR 3 1 lr47 figs-explicit וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as verse [6] (../02/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 1 984e translate-ordinal הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑יםס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם ... אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) -EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑יםס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם ... אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) +EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 3 1 hh94 figs-activepassive וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-idiom כְּאִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man “As one man” is an idiom that means “as if they were a single person,” that is, all in once place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-idiom כְּאִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man **As one man** is an idiom that means **as if they were a single person**, that is, all in once place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 3 2 hbk8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיָּקָם֩ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once everyone had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 3 2 s7ds figs-idiom וַיָּקָם֩ 1 In this context, the word “arise” means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” or “carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 2 s7ds figs-idiom וַיָּקָם֩ 1 In this context, the word **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” or “carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 3 2 ua8i translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua Jeshua is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2] (../02/02.md). Jozadak is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 2 o0k8 figs-metaphor וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Here, “brothers” is likely a figurative way of saying “fellow priests,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 2 o0k8 figs-metaphor וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Here, **brothers** is likely a figurative way of saying **fellow priests**, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 3 2 gq2e translate-names וּזְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel Zerubbabel is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2] (../02/02.md). Shealtiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 2 03ra figs-metaphor וְאֶחָ֔יו 1 Here “brothers” appears to be a figurative way of saying “fellow leaders.” The other seven men listed in [2:2] (../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 3 2 yy1u figs-explicit וַיִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְהַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ עֹל֔וֹת 1 rose up and built This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 2 03ra figs-metaphor וְאֶחָ֔יו 1 Here, **brothers** appears to be a figurative way of saying **fellow leaders**. The other seven men listed in [2:2] (../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 2 yy1u figs-explicit וַיִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְהַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ עֹל֔וֹת 1 rose up and built This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 2 0qvh figs-explicit עֹל֔וֹת 1 The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God, through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 2 eg3w figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֕וּב בְּתוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 as it is written in the law of Moses If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 3 2 gjpk figs-informremind מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) +EZR 3 2 gjpk figs-informremind מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) EZR 3 2 h7xj translate-names מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 This is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 3 7o49 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority,” or, “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EZR 3 3 7o49 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or, “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 3 3 t8y7 figs-explicit וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו 1 they set the altar on its foundation This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would help make things clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 3 3 bk73 figs-explicit כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 dread was on them The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them, or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 3 bk73 figs-explicit כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 dread was on them The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them, or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 3 53m4 figs-personification בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here, the book speaks figuratively of dread or fear as if it were a living thing that could land on or rest on the Israelites. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EZR 3 3 c33h figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 because of the people of the land This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area, who were originally from other places (“lands”), but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 3 3 a9a2 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EZR 3 3 c33h figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 because of the people of the land This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area, who were originally from other places (**lands**), but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 3 a9a2 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as **from that time on**. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EZR 3 3 vc8u figs-explicit וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 As verse [2] (../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily offerings in the Law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 4 9qln grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the Law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 3 4 iej2 figs-explicit וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַסֻּכּ֖וֹת 1 the Festival of Shelters This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 4 iej2 figs-explicit וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַסֻּכּ֖וֹת 1 the Festival of Shelters This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 4 1687 figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֑וּב 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 3 4 ka3d figs-explicit עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּיוֹם֙ בְּמִסְפָּ֔ר כְּמִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ 1 These expressions refer to the way the Law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “They offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 4 ka3d figs-explicit עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּיוֹם֙ בְּמִסְפָּ֔ר כְּמִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ 1 These expressions refer to the way the Law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “They offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 5 r95n grammar-connect-time-sequential וְאַחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן 1 This phrase indicates that the activity it describes took place after the one it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 3 5 yg77 figs-ellipsis עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְלֶ֣חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּלְכָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַמְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּלְכֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַיהוָֽה 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EZR 3 6 x3mt translate-ordinal מִיּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ 1 from the first day of the seventh month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EZR 3 6 cz5p grammar-connect-logic-contrast הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְהַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַיהוָ֑ה וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as “even though” between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EZR 3 5 yg77 figs-ellipsis עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְלֶ֣חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּלְכָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַמְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּלְכֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַיהוָֽה 1 Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 3 6 x3mt translate-ordinal מִיּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ 1 from the first day of the seventh month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EZR 3 6 cz5p grammar-connect-logic-contrast הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְהַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַיהוָ֑ה וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as **even though** between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EZR 3 6 cip8 figs-activepassive וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 although the foundation of the temple of Yahweh had not been laid If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 3 6 qiw8 figs-synecdoche הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 This phrase likely means specifically that no one had laid a foundation yet for the new temple. That would have been the first step in construction. However, this seems to be a figurative way of describing the entire process of building the temple by referring to one part of that process, its first step. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EZR 3 7 1mxu grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 3 7 y5sm figs-explicit וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to start building a new temple, they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 3 7 kpjx figs-idiom וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 “Give” is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 3 7 sqt7 וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף 1 “Silver” here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in [2:69] (../02/69.md), the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “they paid money” or “they hired” +EZR 3 7 kpjx figs-idiom וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 **Give** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 7 sqt7 וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף 1 **Silver** here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in [2:69] (../02/69.md), the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “they paid money” or “they hired” EZR 3 7 hm3b translate-unknown לַחֹצְבִ֖ים 1 This term describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EZR 3 7 q3ku translate-unknown וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 This term describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 3 7 4nzd figs-idiom וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן לַצִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְלַצֹּרִ֔ים 1 This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words “they gave” earlier in the sentence apply to this phrase as well. “Gave” would now have the sense of “sent,” since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “They also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 3 7 i65c figs-synecdoche וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן 1 While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. “Food” means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. “Drink” means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and “oil” probably means olive oil, because these were both also things that the Israelites produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EZR 3 7 4nzd figs-idiom וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן לַצִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְלַצֹּרִ֔ים 1 This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words **they gave** earlier in the sentence apply to this phrase as well. **Gave** would now have the sense of **sent**, since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “They also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 7 i65c figs-synecdoche וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן 1 While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. **Food** means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. **Drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both also things that the Israelites produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EZR 3 7 zqr4 translate-names לַצִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְלַצֹּרִ֔ים 1 These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 3 7 yj5k grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהָבִיא֩ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EZR 3 7 i1u7 translate-unknown עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים 1 The term “cedar” refers to a large fir tree with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that was valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 3 7 zvt6 figs-idiom מִן־הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא 1 The “sea of Joppa” is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 7 i1u7 translate-unknown עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים 1 The term **cedar** refers to a large fir tree with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that was valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EZR 3 7 zvt6 figs-idiom מִן־הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא 1 The **sea of Joppa** is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 3 7 gq2g translate-names הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ 1 This is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 3 7 kya8 translate-names יָפ֔וֹא 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 3 7 ze22 figs-activepassive כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 according to the permission they had from King Cyrus of Persia If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 3 7 5fm5 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as “and so.” Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EZR 3 8 ayx1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by saying something like, “Then, in the second month of the second year.” You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events by saying something like, “Then, seven months later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EZR 3 7 5fm5 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as **and so**. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EZR 3 8 ayx1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by saying something like, **Then, in the second month of the second year**. You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events by saying something like, **Then, seven months later**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EZR 3 8 e0js translate-ordinal וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 Alternate translation: “in month 2 of year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZR 3 8 eh5s translate-hebrewmonths וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EZR 3 8 rs79 figs-explicit וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית לְבוֹאָ֞ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ לִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things. (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case it would mean, “in the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there.” (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case it would mean, “in the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there.” You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 8 rs79 figs-explicit וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית לְבוֹאָ֞ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ לִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things. (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there**. (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there**. You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 8 y8bn figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ 1 to the house of God Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 3 8 ckj4 figs-explicit בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second year The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as verse [7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 8 wwz8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל 1 Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 3 8 fa38 translate-names וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 8 bzi5 figs-metaphor וּשְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵיהֶ֣ם׀ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here, “brothers” seems to be a figurative way of saying “fellow leaders,” since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 3 8 hy61 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י 1 The abstract noun “captivity” refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as verse [12] (../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZR 3 8 8yam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means “began to build a new temple.” You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EZR 3 8 tliz grammar-connect-logic-goal וַיַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EZR 3 8 hf5n figs-idiom אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה 1 from twenty years old Here “son of” is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 3 8 7yhg figs-ellipsis לְנַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 In this context, “the work of the house” is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 3 8 bzi5 figs-metaphor וּשְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵיהֶ֣ם׀ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying **fellow leaders**, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 8 hy61 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י 1 The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as verse [12] (../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EZR 3 8 8yam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means **began to build a new temple**. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 3 8 tliz grammar-connect-logic-goal וַיַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as **so** to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EZR 3 8 hf5n figs-idiom אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה 1 from twenty years old Here, **son of** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 8 7yhg figs-ellipsis לְנַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 In this context, **the work of the house** is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EZR 3 8 jfho בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:3] (../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “a new temple for Yahweh” EZR 3 9 b5al grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 3 9 s6i8 translate-names יֵשׁ֡וּעַ 1 Jeshua…Henadad This is the name of a man, but he is not the high priest mentioned in the previous verse. Rather, he is the Levite clan leader listed in [2:40] (../02/40.md) as one of the exiles who returned to Judah. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 9 up2g בָּנָ֣יו וְ֠אֶחָיו 1 The terms “sons” and “brothers” do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships. +EZR 3 9 up2g בָּנָ֣יו וְ֠אֶחָיו 1 The terms **sons** and **brothers** do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships. EZR 3 9 r3rx translate-names קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל 1 Kadmiel This is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40] (../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 9 sc2u וּבָנָ֤יו 1 Here as well the term “sons” does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction. -EZR 3 9 34q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 But here “sons” does figuratively mean “descendants.” As [2:40] (../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 9 sc2u וּבָנָ֤יו 1 Here as well the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction. +EZR 3 9 34q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 But here **sons** does figuratively mean **descendants**. As [2:40] (../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 3 9 mrij translate-names יְהוּדָה֙ 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:40] (../02/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 9 4r9e figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד ... כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 As in [2:63] (../02/63.md), “stood” is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 3 9 myu1 figs-idiom כְּאֶחָ֔ד 1 “As one” is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 3 9 mgw2 הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [2:69] (../02/69.md) and [3:8] (../03/08.md), “the work” means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple” -EZR 3 9 ihtd figs-explicit בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple, under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: (1) “Those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites,” or, (2) “The sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 3 9 q6vn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 (1) “Their” could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case “their brothers the Levites” would be a figurative way of saying “their fellow Levites,” as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, “their” could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean “fellow Levites,” and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translation: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 3 9 nyal translate-names בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם 1 The “sons of Henadad” seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. “Their sons” seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 3 10 zkmw grammar-connect-time-sequential וְיִסְּד֥וּ הַבֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה 1 The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” Alternate translation: “Then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EZR 3 9 4r9e figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד ... כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 As in [2:63] (../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 9 myu1 figs-idiom כְּאֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 3 9 mgw2 הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [2:69] (../02/69.md) and [3:8] (../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple” +EZR 3 9 ihtd figs-explicit בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple, under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: (1) “Those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites,” or, (2) “The sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 9 q6vn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 (1) **Their** could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case **their brothers the Levites** would be a figurative way of saying **their fellow Levites**, as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, **their** could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean **fellow Levites**, and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translation: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 9 nyal translate-names בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם 1 The **sons of Henadad** seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. **Their sons** seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EZR 3 10 zkmw grammar-connect-time-sequential וְיִסְּד֥וּ הַבֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה 1 The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **Then.** Alternate translation: “Then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EZR 3 10 w1j9 figs-explicit וְיִסְּד֥וּ ... אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל 1 laid the foundation This likely means that the workers had done more than set stone blocks in place to support the temple walls. They had probably set the entire temple floor in stone. This would have allowed many of the people who had come for this celebration to stand within the site of the future temple. It would also have enabled the priests to wear their special garments and keep them clean. Alternate translation: “set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 3 10 wkt7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְיִסְּד֥וּ 1 The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the event it describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -EZR 3 10 539g figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּחֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת 1 As in [2:63] (../02/69.md) and [3:9] (../03/09.md), “stood” is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “they had the priests come to the temple site wearing their sacred garments and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 10 wkt7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְיִסְּד֥וּ 1 The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the event it describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as **at that time**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +EZR 3 10 539g figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּחֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת 1 As in [2:63] (../02/69.md) and [3:9] (../03/09.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “they had the priests come to the temple site wearing their sacred garments and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 3 10 kh7e figs-activepassive מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים 1 in their garments If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 3 10 dhpq figs-explicit וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 The book expects readers to know that the Levites of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 3 10 i9ce figs-metaphor וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ 1 “Sons” here figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 10 i9ce figs-metaphor וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants** Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 3 10 fvas translate-names אָסָף֙ 1 Asaph is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41] (../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 3 10 v35v translate-unknown בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 with cymbals Cymbals are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 3 10 wpry grammar-connect-logic-result לְהַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 You could make this phrase the second sentence in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that would come afterwards, and you could show the connection by using a word like “so.” Alternate translation: “The leaders wanted to worship Yahweh to celebrate this occasion, and they wanted to do that in the way that King David of Israel had commanded. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EZR 3 10 wpry grammar-connect-logic-result לְהַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 You could make this phrase the second sentence in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that would come afterwards, and you could show the connection by using a word like **so**. Alternate translation: “The leaders wanted to worship Yahweh to celebrate this occasion, and they wanted to do that in the way that King David of Israel had commanded. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 3 10 t64z figs-metonymy יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד 1 the hands of David Here, the hands of a king are used figuratively to represent his power to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 3 10 3b0l figs-informremind דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) +EZR 3 10 3b0l figs-informremind דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) EZR 3 11 1jjk grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Once all the musicians were in place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 3 11 3w1v וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ 1 “They” means the Levite singers. “In response” means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translation: “the Levites sang responsively” or “the Levites sang antiphonally” +EZR 3 11 3w1v וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ 1 **They** means the Levite singers. **In response** means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translation: “the Levites sang responsively” or “the Levites sang antiphonally” EZR 3 11 hgd5 figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 giving thanks These are at least some of the words that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, they may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or they may be the entire lyrics to a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that they are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. “Covenant faithfulness” refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever The abstract noun **faithfulness** describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as **keep promises**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZR 3 11 uqct figs-activepassive עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֡ים 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EZR 3 12 4q1v figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת 1 As in [1:5] (../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5] (../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֡ים 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as **however** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EZR 3 12 4q1v figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת 1 As in [1:5] (../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5] (../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EZR 3 12 96gu writing-background הַזְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת 1 This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple before it was destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּיָסְד֔וֹ זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם 1 As in verse [6] (../03/06.md), “founding” means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. “Eyes” figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “began to weep when they saw the foundation that the builders had laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙ ... זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ 1 first house As often in this book, “house” is a metaphor for “temple.” Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֛ים 1 before their eyes The word “yet” indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. You could indicate this contrast by saying something like, “But many others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּיָסְד֔וֹ זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם 1 As in verse [6] (../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means **when construction began on the temple in their sight**. Alternate translation: “began to weep when they saw the foundation that the builders had laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙ ... זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ 1 first house As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֛ים 1 before their eyes The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. You could indicate this contrast by saying something like, “But many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EZR 3 12 d9tw figs-idiom וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 wept with a loud voice To lift up a voice is an idiom that means to speak, shout, or sing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 3 12 onuv figs-abstractnouns וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 The idea behind the abstract noun “joy” can be expressed with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EZR 3 12 onuv figs-abstractnouns וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as **happy**. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZR 3 13 isem grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֵ֣ין 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EZR 3 13 fpsh grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EZR 3 13 u6pc figs-explicit וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 In its first occurrence here, the phrase “the people” means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 3 13 fpsh grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EZR 3 13 u6pc figs-explicit וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 In its first occurrence here, the phrase **the people** means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 3 13 rvdj figs-activepassive וְהַקּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְמֵרָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building. EZR 4 1 v368 writing-background וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ 0 General Information: This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 0 Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,” however, see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 0 Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with “and.” Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ ... כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 0 “Heard” means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 0 Here, the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,” however, see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 0 Here, the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ ... כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 0 **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EZR 4 1 syf6 figs-idiom בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ 1 As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 1 czf3 figs-informremind לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God they worshipped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) EZR 4 2 dkbu grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּגְּשׁ֨וּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Zerubbabel This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2] (../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 2 zcwc figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת 1 As in [1:5] (../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 4 2 zcwc figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת 1 As in [1:5] (../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EZR 4 2 6xyv figs-explicit וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּכֶ֔ם 1 Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pretending to be sincere, they said to them, ‘We would like to help you build the temple …’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 4 2 yrms figs-idiom נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם 1 Here “seek” is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 4 2 1fnu figs-idiom מִימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ 1 The term “days” is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 2 yrms figs-idiom נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 2 1fnu figs-idiom מִימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 2 yx1s translate-names אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר 1 Esarhaddon, king of Assyria Esarhaddon is the name of a man, and Assyria is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 2 to8y figs-idiom הַמַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖נוּ פֹּֽה 1 These men say that Esarhaddon brought them “up” to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9] (../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 4 3 0kli grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיֹּאמֶר֩ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. You could begin the sentence with a word like “however” or “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EZR 4 2 to8y figs-idiom הַמַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖נוּ פֹּֽה 1 These men say that Esarhaddon brought them **up** to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9] (../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 3 0kli grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיֹּאמֶר֩ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. You could begin the sentence with a word like **however** or **nevertheless** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EZR 4 3 xp3f translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְיֵשׁ֗וּעַ 1 Jeshua These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [2:2] (../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 3 9bhq figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 4 3 9bhq figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EZR 4 3 cuza רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5] (../01/05.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” -EZR 4 3 isv8 figs-idiom לֹֽא־לָ֣כֶם וָלָ֔נוּ 1 You may not build a house for our God with us This expression is an idiom that means “it is for us alone.” Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 3 isv8 figs-idiom לֹֽא־לָ֣כֶם וָלָ֔נוּ 1 You may not build a house for our God with us This expression is an idiom that means **it is for us alone**. Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 3 bl6x figs-metaphor בַּ֖יִת לֵאלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 Alternate translation: “a temple for our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 4 3 jpin grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּי֩ 1 This word indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as “no,” “rather,” or “on the contrary.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EZR 4 3 2kgy figs-exclusive אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽיהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “We ourselves” here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. “Together” does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “It is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +EZR 4 3 jpin grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּי֩ 1 This word indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as **no**, **rather**, or **on the contrary**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EZR 4 3 2kgy figs-exclusive אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽיהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “It is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EZR 4 3 vez9 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See the note to [4:1] (../04/01.md) about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) -EZR 4 3 2qpr figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔נוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their “enemies.” The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the “God of Israel” exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people … may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel.” It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “After all, that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 4 3 2qpr figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔נוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their **enemies**. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, **It is not for you … to build a house for our God**, and they describe Yahweh as the **God of Israel** exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: **Whoever among you is from all his people … may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel**. It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “After all, that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 4 j0ej writing-newevent וַיְהִי֙ 1 In Hebrew storytelling, this is a common way of introducing a new event. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EZR 4 4 d9da figs-idiom עַם־הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 the people of the land This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9] (../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת 1 made the hands of the people of Judah weak These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah, so that they were too afraid to keep working on the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EZR 4 4 7ih7 figs-metaphor וַיְהִי֙...מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Here “hand” figuratively represents power and action, so “weakening the hand” means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת 1 made the hands of the people of Judah weak These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah, so that they were too afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EZR 4 4 7ih7 figs-metaphor וַיְהִי֙...מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and action, so **weakening the hand** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 4 4 aq32 עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 the people of Judah In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather specifically the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah” -EZR 4 5 7dut translate-unknown וְסֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים 1 “Counselors” means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing them to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EZR 4 5 7dut translate-unknown וְסֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים 1 **Counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing them to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EZR 4 5 kd9a לְהָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑ם 1 to frustrate their plans Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple” -EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 The term “days” is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 5 tq7w figs-explicit וְעַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus, until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors, until Darius became king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 5 8y4b translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 6 o931 writing-background וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ 1 <br><br>This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br><br><br> EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑וֹ 1 Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In verse [24] (../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in verse [5] (../04/05.md), and then, in chapter [5] (../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23] (../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in verses [1–3] (../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 This is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in verses [11–16] (../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of wanting to revolt against the king and stop paying taxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun “accusation” refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “accuse.” Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **accuse**. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 Another way to view this phrase is that the book is referring figuratively to the physical letter by reference to something associated with it, its content, that is, what the enemies of the Jews said about them in it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZR 4 6 kzu9 יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem” -EZR 4 7 mmwa grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבִימֵ֣י 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 4 7 8drm figs-idiom וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 The term “days” is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 7 mmwa grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבִימֵ֣י 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **Then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EZR 4 7 8drm figs-idiom וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 7 55xb figs-explicit וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 7 xw38 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 7 x91s translate-names בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙ 1 Bishlam…Mithredath…Tabeel These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 7 zjhh וּשְׁאָ֣ר כנותו 1 The term “companion” here describes someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “his associates” -EZR 4 7 hdnj writing-background כְתָב֙ הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term “translated” does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EZR 4 7 zjhh וּשְׁאָ֣ר כנותו 1 The term **companion** here describes someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “his associates” +EZR 4 7 hdnj writing-background כְתָב֙ הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term **translated** does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EZR 4 7 jl52 figs-activepassive הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב 1 the letter If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 4 7 ym9r figs-explicit וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 translated We might expect that logically this phrase would come before the previous one, “written in the Aramaic script,” since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18] (../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 4 7 ym9r figs-explicit וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 translated We might expect that logically this phrase would come before the previous one, **written in the Aramaic script**, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18] (../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 8 48m7 translate-names רְח֣וּם 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 8 z7be figs-idiom בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in verse [21] (../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 8 uu3t translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 8 hwq8 translate-unknown סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Rehum This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a “scribe” such Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EZR 4 8 l343 figs-metonymy אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Here the book uses the term “Jerusalem” to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 4 8 hwq8 translate-unknown סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Rehum This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EZR 4 8 l343 figs-metonymy אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Here, the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZR 4 8 kv6z figs-metonymy כְּנֵֽמָא 1 This phrase would ordinarly indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then verses [9] (../04/09.md) and [10] (../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “Here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZR 4 9 kt23 אֱדַ֜יִן 1 This Aramaic term often introduces a new episode in a story. But since the book is not continuing the story here, but instead quoting a document that begins with a list of names, here the book may be using the term to introduce the document that it is quoting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could omit any translation of the term. Alternatively, you could use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “From”<br> EZR 4 9 stkq figs-quotemarks אֱדַ֜יִן 1 If this word is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation, such quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EZR 4 9 vvp8 translate-names רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Erech…Susa This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 9 shnl translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 As in verse [7] (../04/07.md), the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br><br><br> +EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 As in verse [7] (../04/07.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br><br><br> EZR 4 9 28pa translate-names אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 9 yz8m figs-explicit אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites).” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 4 9 yz8m figs-explicit אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 10 k64z וּשְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣א וְיַקִּירָ֔א וְהוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּקִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups, made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River.” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups, in addition to the groups they belong to personally.<br><br><br> EZR 4 10 d6lu translate-names אָסְנַפַּר֙ 1 Ashurbanipal This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 10 pu35 translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 10 s4ki וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 This is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11] (../04/11.md), [4:17] (../04/17.md), and [7:12] (../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17] (../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter, to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself, after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. -EZR 4 11 a7sk figs-aside דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 This is a copy “They” means the men listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) +EZR 4 11 a7sk figs-aside דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 This is a copy **They** means the men listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) EZR 4 11 lny4 figs-quotemarks דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of verse [9] (../04/09.md), you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of verse [10] (../04/10.md), and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EZR 4 11 v61f translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7] (../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 11 n6mp figs-123person עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Here the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as “your servants” in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “From: Your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZR 4 11 uupo figs-idiom עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 In this context, “men” means “people,” so this phrase means “people who live in Beyond-the-River province.” But together with the preceding phrase “your servants,” it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 11 n6mp figs-123person עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “From: Your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 4 11 uupo figs-idiom עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 In this context, **men** means **people**, so this phrase means **people who live in Beyond-the-River province**. But together with the preceding phrase **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 11 a2bi וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 As in verse [10] (../04/10.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. -EZR 4 12 bqu1 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 4 12 bqu1 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 4 12 0168 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 4 12 alqa figs-idiom יְהוּדָיֵ֗א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔ךְ 1 As in several instances earlier in the book, here “went up” means “traveled from Babylon to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as “near you” because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 12 alqa figs-idiom יְהוּדָיֵ֗א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔ךְ 1 As in several instances earlier in the book, here **went up** means **traveled from Babylon to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 12 ns5b עֲלֶ֥ינָא אֲת֖וֹ לִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem” -EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 the rebellious and evil city Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 These two words mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that because the people of Jerusalem are so “evil” or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְאֻשַּׁיָּ֖א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations “Completing” here is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words “build and complete” together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” [5:11] (../05/11.md), “to build this house and to complete this structure,” [5:3] (../05/03.md).) The term “complete” by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of “build.” “Repairing” could also mean “digging out.” Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translation: “they are working throughout the city to restore it,” otherwise, “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 This word is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here it introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. -EZR 4 13 2kk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 As in verse [12] (../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 the rebellious and evil city Here, the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 These two words mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that because the people of Jerusalem are so **evil** or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְאֻשַּׁיָּ֖א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations **Completing** here is a way of saying **building**. Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **build and complete** together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, **which a great king of Israel built and completed**, [5:11] (../05/11.md), **to build this house and to complete this structure**, [5:3] (../05/03.md).) The term **complete** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of **build**. **Repairing** could also mean **digging out**. Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translation: “they are working throughout the city to restore it,” otherwise, “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 This word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here, it introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. +EZR 4 13 2kk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 As in verse [12] (../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 4 13 cd84 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 4 13 1j7f figs-parallelism הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), “complete” is another way of saying “build” when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice, to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that whole city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EZR 4 13 1j7f figs-parallelism הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice, to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that whole city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EZR 4 13 wj57 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is built and the wall is completed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “If the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls.” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 4 13 247o figs-doublet מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַהֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן 1 “Tax,” “tribute,” and “custom” mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) -EZR 4 13 pgs2 figs-explicit וְאַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק 1 the treasury of the king will suffer loss The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural “kings” here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of all Persian kings from now on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 4 14 ye9h כְּעַ֗ן 1 As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), this word is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. +EZR 4 13 247o figs-doublet מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַהֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן 1 **Tax**, **tribute**, and **custom** mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) +EZR 4 13 pgs2 figs-explicit וְאַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק 1 the treasury of the king will suffer loss The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural **kings** here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of all Persian kings from now on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 4 14 ye9h כְּעַ֗ן 1 As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), this word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. EZR 4 14 m7yw figs-idiom מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָא֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 we have eaten the salt of the palace This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “because we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 14 85g9 figs-explicit דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָא֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 The implication is that because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury, and out of loyalty we want to look after your interests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 4 14 uggy figs-123person עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְהוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְמַלְכָּֽא 1 The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 4 14 uggy figs-123person עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְהוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְמַלְכָּֽא 1 The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 4 15 mcvp figs-123person דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ 1 Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “May we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZR 4 15 fujm figs-idiom בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ 1 Although “book” is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19] (../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2] (../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 4 15 u1i3 figs-metaphor בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ 1 “Fathers” here figuratively means “predecessors.” This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19] (../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to “ancient days,” presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 4 15 3vmc figs-doublet וּ֠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּסְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּא֮ וְתִנְדַּע֒ 1 “Discover” and “learn” mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “the chronicles will certainly confirm for you ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EZR 4 15 sa9b figs-parallelism דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּמְדִנָ֔ן וְאֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּגַוַּ֔הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑א 1 a rebellious city These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute. In fact, that city has been a center of revolt for as long as anyone has known, and it will never change.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EZR 4 15 z1fu figs-idiom וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת 1 In light of the similar expression in [4:13] (../04/13.md), “the revenue of the kings will suffer harm,” this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “refused to pay tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 4 15 iw58 figs-metonymy וּמְדִנָ֔ן 1 Here, “provinces” refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 4 15 au5i figs-activepassive עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת 1 this city was destroyed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 4 15 fujm figs-idiom בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ 1 Although **book** is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19] (../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2] (../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 15 u1i3 figs-metaphor בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means **predecessors**. This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19] (../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to **ancient days**, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 4 15 3vmc figs-doublet וּ֠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּסְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּא֮ וְתִנְדַּע֒ 1 **Discover** and **learn** mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “the chronicles will certainly confirm for you ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EZR 4 15 sa9b figs-parallelism דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּמְדִנָ֔ן וְאֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּגַוַּ֔הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑א 1 a rebellious city These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute. In fact, that city has been a center of revolt for as long as anyone has known, and it will never change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EZR 4 15 z1fu figs-idiom וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת 1 In light of the similar expression in [4:13] (../04/13.md), **the revenue of the kings will suffer harm**, this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “refused to pay tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 15 iw58 figs-metonymy וּמְדִנָ֔ן 1 Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 4 15 au5i figs-activepassive עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת 1 this city was destroyed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 4 16 cr21 הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed See how you translated this expression in [4:13] (../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.) EZR 4 16 n9kz figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 you will have no control The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 4 16 keh5 figs-hyperbole לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River The expression “no share for you” likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you, and everyone there would stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EZR 4 16 keh5 figs-hyperbole לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you, and everyone there would stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in verse [10] (../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River.” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in verse [10] (../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the River As in verses [7] (../04/07.md) and [9] (../04/09.md), the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the River As in verses [7] (../04/07.md) and [9] (../04/09.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 17 oyb4 שְׁלָ֖ם 1 This is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “I hope all is well with you” EZR 4 17 is3z וּכְעֶֽת 1 As in verses [10] (../04/10.md) and [11] (../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation. -EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא 1 The implication of the plural “us” is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have received the letter that you sent us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא 1 The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have received the letter that you sent us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 18 sza5 figs-activepassive מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 the letter that you sent me has been translated and read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 The implication is not that the king was unable to read, or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 19 bapj grammar-connect-logic-result וּמִנִּי֮ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -443,30 +443,30 @@ EZR 4 19 h6w5 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ EZR 4 19 rx6m figs-explicit וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles and investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been a center for revolts against rulers”<br>However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it, and in fact that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br><br><br> EZR 4 19 eq5y figs-idiom קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **lift oneself up** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 Here Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZR 4 19 y5eu figs-doublet וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 “Rebellion” and “revolt” mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EZR 4 19 y5eu figs-doublet וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 **Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EZR 4 20 7s5z figs-metaphor וּמַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם 1 These kings are described here in a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 4 20 ewxu writing-background וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין 1 This word introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact” (See: Connect - [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is now Beyond-the-River province” EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 4 20 9o7z figs-doublet וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them See how you translated this phrase in [4:13] (../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) -EZR 4 21 54sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command This word is similar to the expression “and now” in verses [10] (../04/10.md), [11] (../04/11.md), and [17] (../04/17.md). As in verses [13] (../04/13.md) and [14] (../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. -EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command “These men” means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials, in which they speak of “the Jews who went up from near you” and who “have come to us at Jerusalem” (verse [12] (../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Issue a decree to make those Jews who returned from exile to Jerusalem stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command “So that” at the beginning of this phrase indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּזְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְמֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Be careful not to neglect This means, “Do not neglect to act concerning this.” This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14] (../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13] (../04/13.md), “the revenue of the kings will suffer harm”). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 4 21 54sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command This word is similar to the expression **and now** in verses [10] (../04/10.md), [11] (../04/11.md), and [17] (../04/17.md). As in verses [13] (../04/13.md) and [14] (../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. +EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials, in which they speak of **the Jews who went up from near you** and who **have come to us at Jerusalem** (verse [12] (../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Issue a decree to make those Jews who returned from exile to Jerusalem stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command **So that** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּזְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְמֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Be careful not to neglect This means, **Do not neglect to act concerning this**. This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14] (../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13] (../04/13.md), **the revenue of the kings will suffer harm**). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 22 t7e7 figs-rquestion לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EZR 4 22 kqp4 figs-123person לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 this damage increase As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), the plural “kings” here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4] (../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8] (../06/08.md) and [6:10] (../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 4 22 kqp4 figs-123person לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 this damage increase As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4] (../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8] (../06/08.md) and [6:10] (../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 4 23 nhx0 grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֗יִן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-explicit מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18] (../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as a messenger from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 23 cz5l figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “a messenger from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 4 23 8jzh translate-names ארתחששתא 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7] (../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in verse [8] (../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 4 23 6iff figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in verses [7] (../04/07.md), [9] (../04/09.md) and [17] (../04/11.md), the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 4 23 6iff figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in verses [7] (../04/07.md), [9] (../04/09.md) and [17] (../04/11.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 4 23 vkzx אֲזַ֨לוּ בִבְהִיל֤וּ לִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א 1 Shimshai Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews” -EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase “an arm and power” expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “power” tells what kind of “arm” or influence these officials used: a “powerful arm,” that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai “Arm” here is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase **an arm and power** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **power** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a **powerful arm**, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai **Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 4 23 v0na figs-explicit וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 24 kj9i figs-explicit בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔א דִּ֖י בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5] (../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6] (../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23] (../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “So that is how the enemies of the Jews tried under later kings to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors, and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 4 24 s03r figs-activepassive וַהֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -483,119 +483,119 @@ EZR 5 1 4w8s figs-metaphor עֲלֵיהֽוֹן 1 Iddo God is described here EZR 5 2 5kqf grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֡יִן 1 Jeshua…Jozadak This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 5 2 z38k translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְיֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 5 2 03sv figs-idiom קָ֠מוּ 1 Jeshua…Jozadak In this context, the word “arise” means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 5 2 03sv figs-idiom קָ֠מוּ 1 Jeshua…Jozadak In this context, the word **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 5 2 mz7h figs-metaphor וְשָׁרִ֣יו לְמִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א 1 to build the house of God Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 5 3 pmcm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בֵּהּ־זִמְנָא֩ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “When they did this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +EZR 5 3 pmcm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בֵּהּ־זִמְנָא֩ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “When they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EZR 5 3 kl9l translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 5 3 gs4x translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10] (../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 5 3 xjkh translate-names וּשְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 5 3 8q8c figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River As often in the book, the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 5 3 8q8c figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River As often in the book, the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 5 3 zz1b מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “Who gave you permission” or “Who authorized you” -EZR 5 3 a23k figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנֵ֔א וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), “complete” is another way of saying “build” when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EZR 5 3 a23k figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנֵ֔א וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EZR 5 3 rp2r figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-time-simultaneous אֱדַ֥יִן 1 the Province Beyond the River The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. Alternate translation: “At the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants כְּנֵ֖מָא אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם 1 the Province Beyond the River In [5:10] (../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” seems to be a mistake that has crept into the Hebrew text. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they also asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעֵ֣ין 1 the Province Beyond the River This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א 1 the eye of God was on Here “eyes” stand for “seeing,” and in this context “seeing” figuratively means care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א 1 the eye of God was on Here **eyes** stand for **seeing**, and in this context **seeing** figuratively means care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 5 1vci grammar-connect-logic-result וְלָא 1 the eye of God was on This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter “They” means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away. Instead, they decided to report the matter to King Darius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away. Instead, they decided to report the matter to King Darius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 5 5 udsx grammar-connect-time-sequential וֶאֱדַ֛יִן 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 5 5 y8gi תִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter “They” actually means Darius here. As in [4:18] (../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court. +EZR 5 5 y8gi תִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18] (../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court. EZR 5 6 jbg5 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֣י...וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 This is a copy of the letter These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3] (../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 5 6 uq1x וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates” -EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EZR 5 7 xf0z לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5] (../04/05.md). EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:17] (../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you” -EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ 0 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah” -EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א 0 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say “the great God” because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11] (../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א 0 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11] (../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְאָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּכֻתְלַיָּ֑א וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “The Jews are building the temple out of large stones, and they are setting timber beams in the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term “diligently,” used here and several further times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “They are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 5 8 3zzw figs-metaphor וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם 1 timbers Here, “hand” figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several further times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “They are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EZR 5 8 3zzw figs-metaphor וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 9 uee9 figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EZR 5 9 68jz figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command See how you translated this question in [5:3] (../05/03.dm). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EZR 5 10 okji וְאַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְהֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּהֹ֖ם לְהוֹדָעוּתָ֑ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Alternate translation: “And we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you in writing the names of the men who were their leaders.” -EZR 5 10 3n28 figs-metaphor בְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, head is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 10 3n28 figs-metaphor בְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 11 f9fm figs-quotemarks אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 0 General Information: Starting here, and through [5:16] (../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The Jewish leaders describe themselves as “servants” of God, for one thing, because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God, for one thing, because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 5 11 35fg figs-explicit אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּבָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָא֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed “House” means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the “house of God,” a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ 1 completed In this section of the book, “completing” is another way of saying “building” when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12] (../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “unfortunately” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 0 General Information: “Fathers” here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here “hand” figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּבָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָא֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed **House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the **house of God**, a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completing** is another way of saying **building** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12] (../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **unfortunately** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 0 General Information: **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed the armies of Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar is the name of a man, and Babylon is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 5 12 4oz8 figs-informremind כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) +EZR 5 12 4oz8 figs-informremind כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here, the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]]) EZR 5 12 wqnc translate-names כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 5 12 sgt7 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתָ֤ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔הּ 1 destroyed this house As in [5:11] (../05/11.md), “house” seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “house of God” or “temple.” Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 12 sgt7 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתָ֤ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔הּ 1 destroyed this house As in [5:11] (../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying **house of God** or **temple**. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZR 5 13 16xc translate-names לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1] (../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title “king of Babylon.” The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 0 General Information: This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He had brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar.” EZR 5 14 4kn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 0 General Information: This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10] (../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 0 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8] (../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 5 15 kwvp grammar-connect-time-sequential וַאֲמַר 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 5 15 pdri figs-quotemarks וַאֲמַר־לֵ֓הּ׀ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt This means, “Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar.” What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EZR 5 15 pdri figs-quotemarks וַאֲמַר־לֵ֓הּ׀ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt This means, **Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar**. What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 0 General Information: The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 0 General Information: The implication is that he came “here,” that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here” -EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 0 General Information: In several places the book says “built and completed” to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11] (../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after “not,” that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” +EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 0 General Information: The implication is that he came **here**, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here” +EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 0 General Information: In several places the book says **built and completed** to mean **constructed**. (Review the note about this at [5:11] (../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in verse [11] (../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here, the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in verse [11] (../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EZR 5 17 f4m4 וּכְעַ֞ן 0 General Information: As in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase. -EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made This is an idiom that means, “If the king thinks this is a good idea” or “If this advice is acceptable to the king.” Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made This is an idiom that means, **If the king thinks this is a good idea** or **If this advice is acceptable to the king**. Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king** Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א 1 let a search be made [6:1] (../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was “the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited,” that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a “house” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents “lived” there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א 1 let a search be made [6:1] (../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was **the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited**, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a **house** [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents **lived** there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 5 17 vii9 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה...עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in verse [7] (../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה...עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in verse [7] (../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group. EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֛יִן 1 issued a command and a search was made This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ׀ 1 issued a command and a search was made The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 issued a command and a search was made This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5] (../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a “house” as if those documents “lived” there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a **house** as if those documents **lived** there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 6 1 ekf1 figs-activepassive בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon, or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire, because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, “Babylon” must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon, or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire, because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 6 2 1cxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 1 a scroll was found This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 a scroll was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א...דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה 1 Ecbatana Ecbatana is the name of a city, and Media is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: Here the book begins to quote what the scroll said that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 In the first year of King Cyrus The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 0 General Information: Here, the book begins to quote what the scroll said that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 In the first year of King Cyrus The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 In the first year of King Cyrus This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1] (../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 6 3 gi3x figs-quotemarks בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Starting here, and through [6:5] (../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א...וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt “Build” and “raise up” mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific, in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א...וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt **Build** and **raise up** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific, in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EZR 6 3 4uej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א...וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 6 3 311q figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 sixty cubits If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “The temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EZR 6 4 q3hv figs-explicit נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְנִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת 1 with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to build this new temple out of wood and stone, just like the original one.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here “house” figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. “House” is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for “property,” meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, **house** figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. **House** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for **property**, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 6 4 1h2n figs-activepassive וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥א דִי־בִירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל לְבָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14] (../05/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could also break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar took the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He brought them to Babylon. Return these objects to the Jews” EZR 6 5 5lhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י...יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Return these objects to the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10] (../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EZR 6 5 0l8e figs-parallelism וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put each one of these objects back in the temple, right where it belongs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: Here the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: Here, the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), [4:14] (../04/14.md), and [4:21] (../04/21.md), this word introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10] (../04/10.md), [4:11] (../04/11.md), [4:17] (../04/17.md), and [5:17] (../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 0 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say “your companions,” in the second person, rather than “their companions,” in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16] (../04/11.md), [4:17–22] (../04/17.md), and [5:7–17] (../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like, “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus, and then instructions to these men, beginning “Now: Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 0 General Information: As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), [4:14] (../04/14.md), and [4:21] (../04/21.md), this word introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10] (../04/10.md), [4:11] (../04/11.md), [4:17] (../04/17.md), and [5:17] (../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 0 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say **your companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16] (../04/11.md), [4:17–22] (../04/17.md), and [5:7–17] (../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like, **To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now** followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus, and then instructions to these men, beginning **Now: Be far away from there!** But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3] (../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZR 6 6 xk9x וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates” or “your associates” EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5] (../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in verse [6] (../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “Do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EZR 6 7 8w40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15] (../05/15.md), this expression means “rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation. +EZR 6 7 8w40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15] (../05/15.md), this expression means **rebuild the temple on its original site**. You could say that as an alternate translation. EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 0 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury, from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River “It” here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EZR 6 8 5olo דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term “stop” when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21] (../04/21.md), [4:23] (../04/23.md), [4:24] (../04/24.md), and [5:5] (../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple.” +EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +EZR 6 8 5olo דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21] (../04/21.md), [4:23] (../04/23.md), [4:24] (../04/24.md), and [5:5] (../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple.” EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּמָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְדִכְרִ֣ין וְאִמְּרִ֣ין׀ לַעֲלָוָ֣ן׀ לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּמְשַׁ֗ח כְּמֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֹ֛ם י֥וֹם׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This sentence, like the one in [5:14] (../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up in to four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10] (../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZR 6 9 kf3e figs-idiom וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This expression refers to young male bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZR 6 9 fn3z לַעֲלָוָ֣ן 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this in [3:2] (../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”